<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jjc1917</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jjc1917"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Jjc1917"/>
	<updated>2026-04-10T22:50:09Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783615</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783615"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:41:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg|thumb|Saddle back of surface plot with vectors. An optical illusion makes vector r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; appear curved|500x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme4_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|540x200px|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG|center|500x500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme2 jjc1917.jpg|340x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme3_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|500x600px|alt=An alternate explanation of the limitations of Transition State Theory|An alternate explanation of the limitations of Transition State Theory|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy and late transition states are more efficiently activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via an early transition state (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products through the transition state. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction doesn&#039;t proceed to products and instead results in a barrier recrossing as shown by the graph. This is in accordance with Polanyi&#039;s Rules which state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy since the reaction only proceeds when this is high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via a late transition state (H and HF) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction does not proceed to products. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products as predicted by Polanyi&#039;s Rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme1 jjc1917.jpg|thumb|300x500px|alt=Scientific Diagram Explaining Barrier Recrossing|Scientific Diagram Explaining Barrier Recrossing|center]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783610</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783610"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:41:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg|thumb|Saddle back of surface plot with vectors. An optical illusion makes vector r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; appear curved|500x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme4_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|540x200px|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG|center|500x500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme2 jjc1917.jpg|340x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme3_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|500x600px|alt=An alternate explanation of the limitations of Transition State Theory|An alternate explanation of the limitations of Transition State Theory|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy and late transition states are more efficiently activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via an early transition state (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products through the transition state. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction doesn&#039;t proceed to products and instead results in a barrier recrossing as shown by the graph. This is in accordance with Polanyi&#039;s Rules which state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy since the reaction only proceeds when this is high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via a late transition state (H and HF) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction does not proceed to products. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products as predicted by Polanyi&#039;s Rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme1 jjc1917.jpg|thumb|600x1000px|alt=Scientific Diagram Explaining Barrier Recrossing|Scientific Diagram Explaining Barrier Recrossing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783590</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783590"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:39:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories  */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg|thumb|Saddle back of surface plot with vectors. An optical illusion makes vector r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; appear curved|500x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme4_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|540x200px|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG|center|500x500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme2 jjc1917.jpg|340x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme3_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|500x600px|alt=An alternate explanation of the limitations of Transition State Theory|An alternate explanation of the limitations of Transition State Theory|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy and late transition states are more efficiently activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via an early transition state (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products through the transition state. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction doesn&#039;t proceed to products and instead results in a barrier recrossing as shown by the graph. This is in accordance with Polanyi&#039;s Rules which state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy since the reaction only proceeds when this is high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via a late transition state (H and HF) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction does not proceed to products. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products as predicted by Polanyi&#039;s Rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783582</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783582"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:38:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories  */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg|thumb|Saddle back of surface plot with vectors. An optical illusion makes vector r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; appear curved|500x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme4_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|540x200px|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG|center|500x500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves. [[File:meme2 jjc1917.jpg|340x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme3_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|500x600px|alt=An alternate explanation of the limitations of Transition State Theory|An alternate explanation of the limitations of Transition State Theory|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy and late transition states are more efficiently activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via an early transition state (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products through the transition state. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction doesn&#039;t proceed to products and instead results in a barrier recrossing as shown by the graph. This is in accordance with Polanyi&#039;s Rules which state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy since the reaction only proceeds when this is high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via a late transition state (H and HF) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction does not proceed to products. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products as predicted by Polanyi&#039;s Rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783577</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783577"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:38:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories  */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg|thumb|Saddle back of surface plot with vectors. An optical illusion makes vector r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; appear curved|500x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme4_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|540x200px|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG|center|500x500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves. [[File:meme2 jjc1917.png|340x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme3_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|500x600px|alt=An alternate explanation of the limitations of Transition State Theory|An alternate explanation of the limitations of Transition State Theory|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy and late transition states are more efficiently activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via an early transition state (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products through the transition state. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction doesn&#039;t proceed to products and instead results in a barrier recrossing as shown by the graph. This is in accordance with Polanyi&#039;s Rules which state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy since the reaction only proceeds when this is high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via a late transition state (H and HF) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction does not proceed to products. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products as predicted by Polanyi&#039;s Rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783553</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783553"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:36:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg|thumb|Saddle back of surface plot with vectors. An optical illusion makes vector r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; appear curved|500x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme4_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|540x200px|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG|center|500x500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme3_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|500x600px|alt=An alternate explanation of the limitations of Transition State Theory|An alternate explanation of the limitations of Transition State Theory|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy and late transition states are more efficiently activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via an early transition state (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products through the transition state. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction doesn&#039;t proceed to products and instead results in a barrier recrossing as shown by the graph. This is in accordance with Polanyi&#039;s Rules which state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy since the reaction only proceeds when this is high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via a late transition state (H and HF) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction does not proceed to products. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products as predicted by Polanyi&#039;s Rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783537</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783537"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:35:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg|thumb|Saddle back of surface plot with vectors. An optical illusion makes vector r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; appear curved|500x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme4_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|540x200px|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG|center|500x500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy and late transition states are more efficiently activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via an early transition state (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products through the transition state. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction doesn&#039;t proceed to products and instead results in a barrier recrossing as shown by the graph. This is in accordance with Polanyi&#039;s Rules which state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy since the reaction only proceeds when this is high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via a late transition state (H and HF) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction does not proceed to products. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products as predicted by Polanyi&#039;s Rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Meme3_jjc1917.jpg&amp;diff=783520</id>
		<title>File:Meme3 jjc1917.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Meme3_jjc1917.jpg&amp;diff=783520"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:33:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Meme2_jjc1917.jpg&amp;diff=783518</id>
		<title>File:Meme2 jjc1917.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Meme2_jjc1917.jpg&amp;diff=783518"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:33:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Meme1_jjc1917.jpg&amp;diff=783511</id>
		<title>File:Meme1 jjc1917.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Meme1_jjc1917.jpg&amp;diff=783511"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:33:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783507</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783507"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:32:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg|thumb|Saddle back of surface plot with vectors. An optical illusion makes vector r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; appear curved|500x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme4_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|270x100px|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG|center|500x500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy and late transition states are more efficiently activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via an early transition state (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products through the transition state. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction doesn&#039;t proceed to products and instead results in a barrier recrossing as shown by the graph. This is in accordance with Polanyi&#039;s Rules which state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy since the reaction only proceeds when this is high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via a late transition state (H and HF) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction does not proceed to products. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products as predicted by Polanyi&#039;s Rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Meme4_jjc1917.jpg&amp;diff=783500</id>
		<title>File:Meme4 jjc1917.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Meme4_jjc1917.jpg&amp;diff=783500"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T15:31:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783301</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783301"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T13:21:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg|thumb|Saddle back of surface plot with vectors. An optical illusion makes vector r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; appear curved|500x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:meme4_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|1080x600px|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG|center|500x500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy and late transition states are more efficiently activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via an early transition state (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products through the transition state. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction doesn&#039;t proceed to products and instead results in a barrier recrossing as shown by the graph. This is in accordance with Polanyi&#039;s Rules which state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy since the reaction only proceeds when this is high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via a late transition state (H and HF) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction does not proceed to products. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products as predicted by Polanyi&#039;s Rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783290</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783290"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T13:17:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg|thumb|Saddle back of surface plot with vectors. An optical illusion makes vector r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; appear curved|500x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg|thumb|Saddle back of surface plot with vectors. An optical illusion makes vector r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; appear curved|500x500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:meme4_jjc1917.jpg|thumb|upright|1080x308px|alt=|]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG|center|500x500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy and late transition states are more efficiently activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via an early transition state (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products through the transition state. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction doesn&#039;t proceed to products and instead results in a barrier recrossing as shown by the graph. This is in accordance with Polanyi&#039;s Rules which state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy since the reaction only proceeds when this is high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via a late transition state (H and HF) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction does not proceed to products. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products as predicted by Polanyi&#039;s Rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783150</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=783150"/>
		<updated>2019-05-17T12:40:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg|thumb|Saddle back of surface plot with vectors.An optical illusion makes vector r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; appear curved|500x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG|center|500x500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy and late transition states are more efficiently activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via an early transition state (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products through the transition state. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction doesn&#039;t proceed to products and instead results in a barrier recrossing as shown by the graph. This is in accordance with Polanyi&#039;s Rules which state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy since the reaction only proceeds when this is high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via a late transition state (H and HF) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction does not proceed to products. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products as predicted by Polanyi&#039;s Rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781862</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781862"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T17:32:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Dynamics from the transition state region */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg|thumb|Saddle back of surface plot with vectors|500x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG|center|500x500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy and late transition states are more efficiently activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via an early transition state (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products through the transition state. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction doesn&#039;t proceed to products and instead results in a barrier recrossing as shown by the graph. This is in accordance with Polanyi&#039;s Rules which state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy since the reaction only proceeds when this is high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via a late transition state (H and HF) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction does not proceed to products. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products as predicted by Polanyi&#039;s Rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781861</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781861"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T17:32:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Dynamics from the transition state region */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg|thumb|Saddle back of surface plot with vectors|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy and late transition states are more efficiently activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via an early transition state (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products through the transition state. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction doesn&#039;t proceed to products and instead results in a barrier recrossing as shown by the graph. This is in accordance with Polanyi&#039;s Rules which state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy since the reaction only proceeds when this is high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via a late transition state (H and HF) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction does not proceed to products. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products as predicted by Polanyi&#039;s Rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Late_vibrational_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781848</id>
		<title>File:Late vibrational jjc1917.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Late_vibrational_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781848"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T17:28:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Late_translational_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781844</id>
		<title>File:Late translational jjc1917.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Late_translational_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781844"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T17:27:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781840</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781840"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T17:26:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy and late transition states are more efficiently activated by vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via an early transition state (F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products through the transition state. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction doesn&#039;t proceed to products and instead results in a barrier recrossing as shown by the graph. This is in accordance with Polanyi&#039;s Rules which state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy since the reaction only proceeds when this is high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-3.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:late translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Late transition state with high translational energy (p=-3.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the reaction which proceeds via a late transition state (H and HF) we see that when the translational energy is high and vibration energy is low, the reaction does not proceed to products. However, when vibrational energy is high and translational energy is low, the reaction proceeds to products as predicted by Polanyi&#039;s Rules.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Early_translational_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781801</id>
		<title>File:Early translational jjc1917.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Early_translational_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781801"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T17:14:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Early_vibrational_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781800</id>
		<title>File:Early vibrational jjc1917.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Early_vibrational_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781800"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T17:14:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781797</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781797"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T17:13:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules state that early transition states are more efficiently activated by translational energy and late transition states are more efficiently activated by vibrational energy. Therefore: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early translational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high translational energy (p=-2.0) and low vibrational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:early vibrational jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)|Early transition state with high vibrational energy (p=-2.0) and low translational energy (p=-0.5)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781669</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781669"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T16:40:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemical energy released from bond formation is converted into kinetic energy. This causes the H-F bond to vibrate which is shown by the oscillation shown by A-B. This often results in increase in temperature of the system. Experimentally this can be determined by the IR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Reaction_dynamics_1_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781654</id>
		<title>File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Reaction_dynamics_1_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781654"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T16:33:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: Jjc1917 uploaded a new version of File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781625</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781625"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T16:27:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H|center|600x600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781622</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781622"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T16:26:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png|thumb|Time vs Momentum Plot of a Reaction which proceeds to products. A = F, B &amp;amp; C = H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Reaction_dynamics_1_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781585</id>
		<title>File:Reaction dynamics 1 jjc1917.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Reaction_dynamics_1_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781585"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T16:17:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781548</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781548"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T16:05:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Report the activation energy for both reactions. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left is shown the activation energy for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. This has an activation energy of 0.25 kcal/mol. On the right, the activation energy for the reaction between H and HF is shown. From the graph it can be seen that the activation energy for this reaction is around 30.0 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781542</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781542"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T16:02:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Report the activation energy for both reactions. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between F and H2|Activation Energy Between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:High activation energy jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Activation Energy Between H and HF|Activation Energy Between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Low_activation_energy_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781538</id>
		<title>File:Low activation energy jjc1917.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Low_activation_energy_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781538"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T16:00:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:High_activation_energy_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781536</id>
		<title>File:High activation energy jjc1917.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:High_activation_energy_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781536"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T16:00:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Transition_State_2_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781506</id>
		<title>File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Transition_State_2_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781506"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:52:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: Jjc1917 uploaded a new version of File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781470</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781470"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:45:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Locate the approximate position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|800x500px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781465</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781465"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:45:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Locate the approximate position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png|thumb|Approximate Position of Transition States Shown as Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot|500x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781454</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781454"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:43:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Locate the approximate position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By inspecting the contour plot, approximate values of internuclear distances can be estimated of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 1.8 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of 0.75 Å. Through trial and error these can be further optimised to find a relatively good estimate for the transition state. This was obtained with values of 1.808 Å and 0.745 Å for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Transition_State_2_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781407</id>
		<title>File:Transition State 2 jjc1917.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Transition_State_2_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781407"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:36:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781355</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781355"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:27:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the potential surfaces we see that the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, with the products lying lower in energy than the reactants. This suggests that the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond. In the second diagram we see that the reaction between H and HF is endothermic. This is represented by the increase in potential energy as we move from reactants to products. This is expected since the HF bond is stronger than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781334</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781334"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:23:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.PNG|thumb|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781328</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=781328"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:22:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.PNG|thumb|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming H2 jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H2|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Forming HF jjc1917.png|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF|Potential Energy Surface of Reaction between H and HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Forming_HF_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781264</id>
		<title>File:Forming HF jjc1917.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Forming_HF_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781264"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:14:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Forming_H2_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781260</id>
		<title>File:Forming H2 jjc1917.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Forming_H2_jjc1917.png&amp;diff=781260"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T15:13:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780906</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780906"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:29:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780901</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780901"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:28:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780888</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780888"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:26:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the limitations of TST which treat any crossing of the transition state as going from reactants to products, the rate constant predicted by the theory will be higher than the experimental rate constants. Barrier recrossing is an observed phenomenon in real systems and TST does not take this into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780852</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780852"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:21:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780849</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780849"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:21:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory state:&lt;br /&gt;
• Nuclear and electronic translations are independent of each other&lt;br /&gt;
• Reactant molecules and transition states (regardless of equilibrium between reactants and products) are distributed between energy states according to Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
• Molecules which have crossed the transition state cannot reform into reactants again. They must proceed to products.&lt;br /&gt;
• In the transition state, translations can be treated classically as they are separate from other types of motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780745</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780745"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T14:08:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories  */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction, hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with enough energy to form the transition state similar to the first reaction however there is more energy in the system as shown by the vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || In this situation, the reactants collide which is shown by the path crossing over the transition state distance but the energy barrier is recrossed after collision and the products do not form from the transition state. This suggests that the collision occured with too much energy, which is also shown by the high amplitude of the waves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with a lot of energy, this is visualised in the high amplitude in waves. There is some recrossing of the energy barrier, this is shown in the slight re-increase in B-C distance but unlike example 4, the reaction goes to completion and the products form from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780574</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780574"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:49:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories  */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || Reactants collide but there is insufficient kinetic energy to form the transition state. After C collides with A-B it bounces in the opposite direction. Hence the increase in B-C distance afterwards. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780552</id>
		<title>MRD:memes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:memes&amp;diff=780552"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T13:47:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jjc1917: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories  */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the maximum on the path of minimum energy that links reactants and products, In three dimensions this can be observed as a saddle point. Mathematically they are defined by ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 which tells us that the first partial derivative of two dimensions is 0. In addition, the second partial derivatives of the saddle point with respect to the orthogonal vectors (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, see diagram) have opposite signs. The vectors r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are orthogonal to each other with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; defined as the tangent to the saddle back of the minimum energy path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Saddle Back Plot with Vectors.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
Using parameters of AB Distance = BC Distance, to remove trajectories towards products or reactants, and AB and BC Momentum = 0 it is possible to adjust the internuclear distances of A,B and C to ensure that there are no local minima or maxima. This is the definition of a transition state and is shown in the Internuclear Distance - Time plot which is a flat line. Shown is a plot with internuclear distance of 0.9079 Å between A &amp;amp; B, and B &amp;amp; C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Time Graph jjc1917.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the &#039;&#039;mep&#039;&#039; and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path plot shows infinitely slow motion in which momentum and velocity is set to 0 at each point. This results in a plot with no oscillations compared to the dynamic calculations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|style=&amp;quot;margin: 0 auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 mep jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph|Minimum Energy Path Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Q3 dyn jjc1917.PNG|thumb|upright|600x600px|alt=Dynamics Calculation Graph|Dynamics Calculation Graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Illustration of the Trajectory !! Description of the Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 1 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || C collides with A-B with sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier. This results in formation of the transition state and its subsequent breakdown into products. Product B-C oscillates which is represented as vibrations in the energy plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 2 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 3 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956||Unreactive|| [[File:Q4 4 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416||Reactive|| [[File:Q4 5 jjc1917.png|400x400px]] ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EXERCISE 2: F - H - H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jjc1917</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>